Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 103421:5ae71ac16ed0
* emacs-lisp-intro.texi (edebug): Fix typo.
author | Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 14 Jun 2009 18:34:43 +0000 |
parents | f63bce93c7a1 |
children | 340c701162a6 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
100951 | 2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 |
79759 | 3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
49323 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
49323 | 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
10 (at your option) any later version. |
49323 | 11 |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
49323 | 19 |
80608
83a48972e1ea
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
20 #include <config.h> |
49323 | 21 |
22 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h> |
49323 | 26 #include "lisp.h" |
27 #include "xterm.h" | |
28 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
29 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 30 #include "window.h" |
31 #include "atimer.h" | |
32 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
33 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 37 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
38 | |
97059
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
39 #ifdef HAVE_XFT |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
40 #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
41 #endif |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
42 |
49323 | 43 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
44 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
45 |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
46 /* Avoid "differ in sign" warnings */ |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
47 #define SSDATA(x) ((char *) SDATA (x)) |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
48 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
49 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
50 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
51 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
52 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
53 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
54 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
55 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
56 /* Keep track of the default display, or NULL if there is none. Emacs |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
57 may close all its displays. */ |
84621 | 58 |
59 static GdkDisplay *gdpy_def; | |
60 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
61 /* Return the GdkDisplay that corresponds to the X display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
62 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
63 static GdkDisplay * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
64 xg_get_gdk_display (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
65 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
66 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
67 return gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
68 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
69 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
70 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
71 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
72 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
73 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 static void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 xg_set_screen (w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 GtkWidget *w; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
81 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
82 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
86 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
89 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 /* Make some defines so we can use the GTK 2.2 functions when |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 compiling with GTK 2.0. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
96 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 #define xg_set_screen(w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 #define gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display(dpy, w) gdk_xid_table_lookup (w) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 #define gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display(dpy, p) gdk_pixmap_foreign_new (p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 #define gdk_cursor_new_for_display(dpy, c) gdk_cursor_new (c) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 #define gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay(dpy) 0 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 #define GdkDisplay void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
111 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
112 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 int |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 xg_display_open (display_name, dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 char *display_name; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 Display **dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
119 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
120 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
121 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
102705
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
122 if (!gdpy_def && gdpy) |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
123 { |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
124 gdpy_def = gdpy; |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
125 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
126 gdpy); |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
127 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
128 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 return gdpy != NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 return -1; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
135 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
136 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
137 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
139 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
140 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
146 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
147 /* If this is the default display, try to change it before closing. |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
148 If there is no other display to use, gdpy_def is set to NULL, and |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
149 the next call to xg_display_open resets the default display. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
150 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
151 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
153 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new = NULL; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
154 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
156 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
157 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
158 { |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
159 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpyinfo->display); |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
160 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
161 gdpy_new); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
163 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
164 gdpy_def = gdpy_new; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
165 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
166 |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
167 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 10 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
168 /* GTK 2.2-2.8 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
169 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way we |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
170 can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
171 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
172 #else |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
173 /* This seems to be fixed in GTK 2.10. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
174 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
175 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
176 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
177 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
178 |
49323 | 179 |
180 /*********************************************************************** | |
181 Utility functions | |
182 ***********************************************************************/ | |
183 /* The timer for scroll bar repetition and menu bar timeouts. | |
184 NULL if no timer is started. */ | |
185 static struct atimer *xg_timer; | |
186 | |
187 | |
188 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
189 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
190 static int malloc_cpt; | |
191 | |
192 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
193 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
194 | |
195 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
196 |
49323 | 197 widget_value * |
198 malloc_widget_value () | |
199 { | |
200 widget_value *wv; | |
201 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
202 { | |
203 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
204 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
205 wv->free_list = 0; | |
206 } | |
207 else | |
208 { | |
69025
5d9232b72d14
(malloc_widget_value): Use xmalloc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68922
diff
changeset
|
209 wv = (widget_value *) xmalloc (sizeof (widget_value)); |
49323 | 210 malloc_cpt++; |
211 } | |
212 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
213 return wv; | |
214 } | |
215 | |
216 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
217 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
218 |
49323 | 219 void |
220 free_widget_value (wv) | |
221 widget_value *wv; | |
222 { | |
223 if (wv->free_list) | |
224 abort (); | |
225 | |
226 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
227 { | |
228 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
229 We free it. */ | |
100633
5395c014feb8
* buffer.c (init_buffer): Use realloc instead of xrealloc.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
100501
diff
changeset
|
230 xfree (wv); |
49323 | 231 malloc_cpt--; |
232 } | |
233 else | |
234 { | |
235 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
236 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
237 } | |
238 } | |
239 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
240 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
241 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
242 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
243 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
244 GdkCursor * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
245 xg_create_default_cursor (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
246 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
247 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
248 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
249 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
250 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
251 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
252 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
253 |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
254 static GdkPixbuf * |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
257 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 GdkColormap *cmap; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 int x, y, width, height, rowstride, mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 guchar *pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 guchar *mask_pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
286 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
287 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
288 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
289 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
290 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
291 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
292 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
293 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
294 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
295 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
296 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
297 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
298 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
299 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
300 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
301 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
302 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
303 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
304 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
305 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
306 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
307 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
308 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
309 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
310 static Lisp_Object |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
311 file_for_image(image) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
312 Lisp_Object image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
313 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
314 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
315 Lisp_Object tail; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
316 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
317 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
318 for (tail = XCDR (image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
319 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
320 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
321 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
322 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
323 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
324 return specified_file; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
325 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
326 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
327 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
328 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
329 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
330 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
331 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
332 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
333 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
334 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
335 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
336 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
337 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
338 static GtkWidget * |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
339 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, widget, old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
340 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
341 struct image *img; |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
342 GtkWidget *widget; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
343 GtkImage *old_widget; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
344 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
345 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
346 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
347 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
348 GdkColormap *cmap; |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
349 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
350 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
351 /* If we have a file, let GTK do all the image handling. |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
352 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
353 look good in all cases. */ |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
354 Lisp_Object specified_file = file_for_image (img->spec); |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
355 Lisp_Object file; |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
356 |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
357 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
358 function, so this only fails if the image file has been removed. |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
359 In that case, use the pixmap already loaded. */ |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
360 |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
361 if (STRINGP (specified_file) |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
362 && STRINGP (file = x_find_image_file (specified_file))) |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
363 { |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
364 if (! old_widget) |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
365 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SSDATA (file))); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
366 else |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
367 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SSDATA (file)); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
368 |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
369 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
370 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
371 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
372 /* No file, do the image handling ourselves. This will look very bad |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
373 on a monochrome display, and sometimes bad on all displays with |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
374 certain themes. */ |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
375 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
376 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
377 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
378 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
379 |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
380 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
381 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
382 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
383 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
384 and is strictly not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
385 16 bits and higher). But we do it anyway so we get a pixbuf that is |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
386 not associated with the img->pixmap. The img->pixmap may be removed |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
387 by clearing the image cache and then the tool bar redraw fails, since |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
388 Gtk+ assumes the pixmap is always there. */ |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
389 cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
390 icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
391 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
392 if (! old_widget) |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
393 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
394 else |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
395 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
396 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
397 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
398 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
399 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
400 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
401 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
402 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
404 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
405 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
406 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 407 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
408 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
409 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
410 static void |
49323 | 411 xg_set_cursor (w, cursor) |
412 GtkWidget *w; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
413 GdkCursor *cursor; |
49323 | 414 { |
415 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (w->window); | |
416 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
417 gdk_window_set_cursor (w->window, cursor); |
49323 | 418 |
419 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
420 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
421 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
422 Ditto for menus. */ | |
423 | |
424 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
425 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 426 } |
427 | |
428 /* Timer function called when a timeout occurs for xg_timer. | |
429 This function processes all GTK events in a recursive event loop. | |
430 This is done because GTK timer events are not seen by Emacs event | |
431 detection, Emacs only looks for X events. When a scroll bar has the | |
432 pointer (detected by button press/release events below) an Emacs | |
433 timer is started, and this function can then check if the GTK timer | |
434 has expired by calling the GTK event loop. | |
435 Also, when a menu is active, it has a small timeout before it | |
436 pops down the sub menu under it. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
437 |
49323 | 438 static void |
439 xg_process_timeouts (timer) | |
440 struct atimer *timer; | |
441 { | |
442 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
443 /* Ideally we would like to just handle timer events, like the Xt version | |
444 of this does in xterm.c, but there is no such feature in GTK. */ | |
445 while (gtk_events_pending ()) | |
446 gtk_main_iteration (); | |
447 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
448 } | |
449 | |
450 /* Start the xg_timer with an interval of 0.1 seconds, if not already started. | |
451 xg_process_timeouts is called when the timer expires. The timer | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
452 started is continuous, i.e. runs until xg_stop_timer is called. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
453 |
49323 | 454 static void |
455 xg_start_timer () | |
456 { | |
457 if (! xg_timer) | |
458 { | |
459 EMACS_TIME interval; | |
460 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); | |
461 xg_timer = start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, | |
462 interval, | |
463 xg_process_timeouts, | |
464 0); | |
465 } | |
466 } | |
467 | |
468 /* Stop the xg_timer if started. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
469 |
49323 | 470 static void |
471 xg_stop_timer () | |
472 { | |
473 if (xg_timer) | |
474 { | |
475 cancel_atimer (xg_timer); | |
476 xg_timer = 0; | |
477 } | |
478 } | |
479 | |
480 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
481 |
49323 | 482 static void |
483 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
484 { | |
485 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
486 |
49323 | 487 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
488 node->next = list_start; | |
489 node->prev = 0; | |
490 list->next = node; | |
491 } | |
492 | |
493 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
494 |
49323 | 495 static void |
496 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
497 { | |
498 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
499 if (node == list_start) | |
500 { | |
501 list->next = node->next; | |
502 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
503 } | |
504 else | |
505 { | |
506 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
507 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
508 } | |
509 } | |
510 | |
511 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
512 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
513 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
514 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
515 |
49323 | 516 static char * |
517 get_utf8_string (str) | |
518 char *str; | |
519 { | |
520 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
521 |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
522 if (!str) return NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
523 |
49323 | 524 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
525 if (!g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) |
49323 | 526 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); |
527 | |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
528 if (!utf8_str) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
529 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
530 /* Probably some control characters in str. Escape them. */ |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
531 size_t nr_bad = 0; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
532 gsize bytes_read; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
533 gsize bytes_written; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
534 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)str; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
535 char *cp, *up; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
536 GError *error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
537 |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
538 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
539 &bytes_written, &error)) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
540 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
541 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
542 ++nr_bad; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
543 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
544 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
545 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
546 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
547 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
548 if (error) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
549 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
550 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
551 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
552 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
553 if (cp) g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
554 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
555 up = utf8_str = xmalloc (strlen (str) + nr_bad * 4 + 1); |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
556 p = (unsigned char *)str; |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
557 |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
558 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
559 &bytes_written, &error)) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
560 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
561 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
562 strncpy (up, (char *)p, bytes_written); |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
563 sprintf (up + bytes_written, "\\%03o", p[bytes_written]); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
564 up[bytes_written+4] = '\0'; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
565 up += bytes_written+4; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
566 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
567 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
568 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
569 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
570 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
571 if (cp) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
572 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
573 strcat (utf8_str, cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
574 g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
575 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
576 if (error) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
577 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
578 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
579 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
580 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
581 } |
49323 | 582 return utf8_str; |
583 } | |
584 | |
585 | |
586 | |
587 /*********************************************************************** | |
588 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
589 ***********************************************************************/ | |
590 | |
591 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
592 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
593 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
594 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
595 |
49323 | 596 static void |
597 xg_set_geometry (f) | |
598 FRAME_PTR f; | |
599 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
600 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition) |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
601 { |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
602 int left = f->left_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
603 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
604 int top = f->top_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
605 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
606 char geom_str[32]; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
607 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
608 if (xneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
609 left = -left; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
610 if (yneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
611 top = -top; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
612 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
613 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
614 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
615 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
616 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
617 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
618 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
619 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
620 geom_str)) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
621 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
622 } |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
623 else if (f->size_hint_flags & PPosition) |
65628
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
624 gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
625 f->left_pos, f->top_pos); |
49323 | 626 } |
627 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
628 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
629 /* Function to handle resize of our frame. As we have a Gtk+ tool bar |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
630 and a Gtk+ menu bar, we get resize events for the edit part of the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
631 frame only. We let Gtk+ deal with the Gtk+ parts. |
49323 | 632 F is the frame to resize. |
633 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
634 |
49323 | 635 void |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
636 xg_frame_resized (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight) |
49323 | 637 FRAME_PTR f; |
638 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
639 { | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
640 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, pixelheight); |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
641 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
642 |
49323 | 643 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
644 && (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
645 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
646 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
647 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))) |
49323 | 648 { |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
649 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
650 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
651 |
100498
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
652 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
653 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
654 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
49323 | 655 } |
656 } | |
657 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
658 /* Process all pending events on the display for frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
659 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
660 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
661 flush_and_sync (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
662 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
663 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
664 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
665 x_sync (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
666 while (gtk_events_pending ()) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
667 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
668 gtk_main_iteration (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
669 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
670 x_sync (f); |
49323 | 671 } |
672 } | |
673 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
674 /* Turn wm hints for resize off on frame F */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
675 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
676 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
677 x_wm_size_hint_off (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
678 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
679 { |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
680 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
681 gint hint_flags = 0; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
682 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
683 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
684 size_hints.width_inc = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
685 size_hints.height_inc = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
686 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
687 size_hints.base_width = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
688 size_hints.base_height = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
689 size_hints.min_width = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
690 size_hints.min_height = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
691 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
692 NULL, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
693 &size_hints, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
694 hint_flags); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
695 /* Make sure these get set again in next call to x_wm_set_size_hint. */ |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
696 f->output_data.x->hint_flags &= ~hint_flags; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
697 flush_and_sync (f); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
698 } |
49323 | 699 |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
700 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
701 This happend when the menu bar or the tool bar is added or removed. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
702 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
703 |
49323 | 704 void |
705 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows) | |
706 FRAME_PTR f; | |
707 int cols; | |
708 int rows; | |
709 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
710 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 711 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
712 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
713 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
714 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) == 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
715 return; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
716 |
49323 | 717 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
718 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
719 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
720 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
721 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
722 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
723 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 724 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
725 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 726 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
727 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
728 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
729 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
730 |
49323 | 731 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
732 but not rows/cols. |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
733 Turn wm hints (min/max size and size increments) of temporarly. |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
734 It interferes too much, when for example adding or removing the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
735 menu/tool bar. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
736 x_wm_size_hint_off (f); |
49323 | 737 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
738 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
103198
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
739 |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
740 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
741 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
742 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
743 ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
744 |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
745 We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
746 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
747 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
748 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
749 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
750 |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
751 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
752 a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
753 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
754 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
755 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
756 |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
757 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
758 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
759 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
760 we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
761 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
762 flush_and_sync (f); |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
763 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
49323 | 764 } |
765 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
766 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 767 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
768 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
769 | |
770 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
771 |
49323 | 772 GtkWidget * |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
773 xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wdesc) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
774 Display *dpy; |
49323 | 775 Window wdesc; |
776 { | |
777 gpointer gdkwin; | |
778 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
779 | |
780 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
781 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
782 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
783 wdesc); |
49323 | 784 if (gdkwin) |
785 { | |
786 GdkEvent event; | |
787 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
788 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
789 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
790 |
49323 | 791 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
792 return gwdesc; | |
793 } | |
794 | |
795 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
796 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
797 |
49323 | 798 static void |
799 xg_pix_to_gcolor (w, pixel, c) | |
800 GtkWidget *w; | |
801 unsigned long pixel; | |
802 GdkColor *c; | |
803 { | |
804 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
805 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
806 } | |
807 | |
808 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
809 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
810 |
49323 | 811 int |
812 xg_create_frame_widgets (f) | |
813 FRAME_PTR f; | |
814 { | |
815 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
816 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
817 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
818 GdkColor bg; | |
819 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
820 int i; | |
821 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
822 |
49323 | 823 BLOCK_INPUT; |
824 | |
91632
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
825 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
826 wtop = gtk_plug_new (f->output_data.x->parent_desc); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
827 else |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
828 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
829 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
830 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
831 |
49323 | 832 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
833 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
834 |
49323 | 835 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
836 { | |
837 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
838 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
839 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
840 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
841 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 842 return 0; |
843 } | |
844 | |
845 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
846 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
847 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
848 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); |
49323 | 849 |
850 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
851 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
852 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 853 |
854 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
855 |
49323 | 856 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
857 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
858 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
859 | |
860 gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), TRUE); | |
861 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
862 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wfixed, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
863 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
864 |
49323 | 865 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); |
866 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
867 | |
868 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
869 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
870 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
871 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
872 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
873 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
874 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
875 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 876 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
877 |
49323 | 878 /* GTK documents says use gtk_window_set_resizable. But then a user |
879 can't shrink the window from its starting size. */ | |
880 gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
881 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
882 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
883 SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); |
49323 | 884 |
885 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
886 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
887 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
888 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
889 |
49323 | 890 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
891 and specify it. | |
892 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
893 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
894 | |
895 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
896 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
897 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
898 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
899 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
900 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
901 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
902 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
903 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
904 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
905 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
906 | |
907 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
908 by callers of this function. */ | |
909 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
910 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
911 | |
912 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
913 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
914 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), &bg); |
49323 | 915 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); |
916 | |
917 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
918 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
919 of background color. */ | |
920 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
921 | |
922 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
923 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
924 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
925 |
49323 | 926 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
95954
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
927 /* That they look bad is no excuse for imposing this here. --Stef |
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
928 It should be done by providing the proper default in Fx_create_Frame. |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
929 f->border_width = 0; |
95954
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
930 f->internal_border_width = 0; */ |
49323 | 931 |
932 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
933 | |
934 return 1; | |
935 } | |
936 | |
937 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
938 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
939 that the window now has. | |
940 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
941 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
942 |
49323 | 943 void |
944 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
945 FRAME_PTR f; | |
946 long flags; | |
947 int user_position; | |
948 { | |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
949 /* Don't set size hints during initialization; that apparently leads |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
950 to a race condition. See the thread at |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
951 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2008-10/msg00033.html */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
952 if (NILP (Vafter_init_time) || !FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
953 return; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
954 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
955 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
956 to its own defaults. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
957 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
958 gint hint_flags = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
959 int base_width, base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
960 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
961 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
962 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
963 if (flags) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
964 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
965 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
966 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
967 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
968 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
969 else |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
970 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
971 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
972 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
973 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
974 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
975 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
976 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
977 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
978 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
979 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
980 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
981 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
982 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
983 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
984 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
985 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
986 size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
987 size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
988 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
989 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
990 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
991 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
992 don't think we should rely on that. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
993 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
994 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
995 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
996 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
997 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
998 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
999 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1000 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1001 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1002 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1003 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1004 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1005 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1006 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1007 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1008 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1009 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1010 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1011 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1012 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1013 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1014 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1015 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (flags & PPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1017 if (flags & USPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1018 if (flags & USSize) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1019 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1020 if (user_position) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1021 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1022 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1023 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1024 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1025 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1026 if (hint_flags != f->output_data.x->hint_flags |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1027 || memcmp (&size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1028 &f->output_data.x->size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1029 sizeof (size_hints)) != 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1030 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1031 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1032 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1033 NULL, &size_hints, hint_flags); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1034 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1035 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1036 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1037 } |
49323 | 1038 } |
1039 | |
1040 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
96363
f9d35151b907
American English spelling fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
95954
diff
changeset
|
1041 Since GTK uses the background color to clear the window, we must |
49323 | 1042 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. |
1043 F is the frame to change, | |
1044 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
49323 | 1046 void |
1047 xg_set_background_color (f, bg) | |
1048 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1049 unsigned long bg; | |
1050 { | |
1051 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
1052 { | |
1053 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
1054 | |
1055 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1056 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
1057 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
1058 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1059 } | |
1060 } | |
1061 | |
1062 | |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1063 /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1064 functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1065 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1066 void |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1067 xg_set_frame_icon (f, icon_pixmap, icon_mask) |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1068 FRAME_PTR f; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1069 Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1070 Pixmap icon_mask; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1071 { |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1072 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1073 GdkPixmap *gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_pixmap); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1074 GdkPixmap *gmask = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_mask); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1075 GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, NULL); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1077 gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1078 } |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1079 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1080 |
49323 | 1081 |
1082 /*********************************************************************** | |
1083 Dialog functions | |
1084 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1085 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
1086 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
49323 | 1088 static char * |
1089 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
1090 { | |
1091 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
49323 | 1093 switch (key) { |
1094 case 'E': case 'e': | |
1095 title = "Error"; | |
1096 break; | |
1097 | |
1098 case 'I': case 'i': | |
1099 title = "Information"; | |
1100 break; | |
1101 | |
1102 case 'L': case 'l': | |
1103 title = "Prompt"; | |
1104 break; | |
1105 | |
1106 case 'P': case 'p': | |
1107 title = "Prompt"; | |
1108 break; | |
1109 | |
1110 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
1111 title = "Question"; | |
1112 break; | |
1113 } | |
1114 | |
1115 return title; | |
1116 } | |
1117 | |
1118 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
1119 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
1120 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
1121 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
1122 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
1123 W is the dialog widget. | |
1124 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
1125 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1126 | |
1127 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
49323 | 1129 static gboolean |
1130 dialog_delete_callback (w, event, user_data) | |
1131 GtkWidget *w; | |
1132 GdkEvent *event; | |
1133 gpointer user_data; | |
1134 { | |
1135 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1136 return TRUE; | |
1137 } | |
1138 | |
1139 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1140 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1141 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1142 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1143 | |
1144 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
49323 | 1146 static GtkWidget * |
1147 create_dialog (wv, select_cb, deactivate_cb) | |
1148 widget_value *wv; | |
1149 GCallback select_cb; | |
1150 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1151 { | |
1152 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1153 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1154 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1155 int left_buttons; | |
1156 int button_nr = 0; | |
1157 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1158 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
1159 widget_value *item; | |
1160 GtkBox *cur_box; | |
1161 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1162 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1163 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1164 | |
1165 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1166 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1167 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1168 | |
1169 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1170 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1171 | |
1172 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1173 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1174 | |
1175 cur_box = GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->action_area); | |
1176 | |
1177 if (make_two_rows) | |
1178 { | |
1179 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1180 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1181 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1182 | |
1183 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1184 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1185 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1186 | |
1187 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1188 } | |
1189 | |
1190 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1191 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
49323 | 1193 if (deactivate_cb) |
1194 { | |
1195 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1196 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1197 } | |
1198 | |
1199 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1200 { | |
1201 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1202 GtkWidget *w; | |
1203 GtkRequisition req; | |
1204 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1205 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1206 { |
1207 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ | |
1208 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
1209 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1210 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1211 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1212 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), w, | |
1213 TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
1214 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); | |
1215 | |
1216 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1217 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1218 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1219 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
1220 gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1221 req.height); | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1222 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1223 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1224 } | |
1225 else | |
1226 { | |
1227 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1228 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1229 if (! item->enabled) |
1230 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1231 if (select_cb) | |
1232 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1233 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1234 | |
1235 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1236 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1237 { | |
1238 if (make_two_rows) | |
1239 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1240 else | |
1241 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1242 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1243 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1244 button_spacing); | |
1245 } | |
1246 } | |
1247 | |
1248 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1249 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1250 } | |
1251 | |
1252 return wdialog; | |
1253 } | |
1254 | |
1255 | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1257 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1258 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1259 ***********************************************************************/ |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1260 /* Return non-zero if the old file selection dialog is being used. |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1261 Return zero if not. */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1262 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1263 int |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1264 xg_uses_old_file_dialog () |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1265 { |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1266 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
72963
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1267 extern int x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1268 return x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1269 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1270 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1271 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1272 return 1; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1273 #else |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1274 return 0; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1275 #endif |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1276 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1277 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1278 } |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1279 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1280 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1281 /* Function that is called when the file or font dialogs pop down. |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1282 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1283 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect (pointer to int). */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1285 static void |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1286 xg_dialog_response_cb (w, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1287 response, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1288 user_data) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1289 GtkDialog *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1290 gint response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1291 gpointer user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1292 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1293 int *ptr = (int *) user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1294 *ptr = response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1295 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1298 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1300 static Lisp_Object |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1301 pop_down_dialog (arg) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1302 Lisp_Object arg; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1303 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1304 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1305 BLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1306 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (p->pointer)); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1307 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1308 return Qnil; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1309 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1311 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) P_ ((GtkWidget *)); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1313 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1314 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1315 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1316 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1317 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1318 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1319 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (w) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1320 GtkWidget *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1321 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1322 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1323 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1324 |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* Callback called when the "Show hidden files" toggle is pressed. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1326 WIDGET is the toggle widget, DATA is the file chooser dialog. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1327 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1328 static void |
67849 | 1329 xg_toggle_visibility_cb (widget, data) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1330 GtkWidget *widget; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1331 gpointer data; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1332 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1333 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (data); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1334 gboolean visible; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1335 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1336 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", !visible, NULL); |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1337 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1339 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1340 /* Callback called when a property changes in a file chooser. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1341 GOBJECT is the file chooser dialog, ARG1 describes the property. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1342 USER_DATA is the toggle widget in the file chooser dialog. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1343 We use this to update the "Show hidden files" toggle when the user |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1344 changes that property by right clicking in the file list. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1345 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1346 static void |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1347 xg_toggle_notify_cb (gobject, arg1, user_data) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1348 GObject *gobject; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1349 GParamSpec *arg1; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1350 gpointer user_data; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1351 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1352 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1353 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1354 if (strcmp (arg1->name, "show-hidden") == 0) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1355 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1356 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1357 GtkWidget *wtoggle = GTK_WIDGET (user_data); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1358 gboolean visible, toggle_on; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1359 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1360 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (gobject), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1361 toggle_on = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle)); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1362 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1363 if (!!visible != !!toggle_on) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1364 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1365 g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1366 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1367 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1368 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), visible); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1369 g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1370 (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1371 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1372 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1373 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1374 x_gtk_show_hidden_files = visible; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1375 } |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1376 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1378 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1379 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1380 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1381 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1382 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1383 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1384 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1386 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1387 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1388 static GtkWidget * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1389 xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1390 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1391 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1392 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1393 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1394 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1395 xg_get_file_func *func; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1396 { |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1397 char message[1024]; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1398 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1399 GtkWidget *filewin, *wtoggle, *wbox, *wmessage; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1400 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1401 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1402 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1403 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1404 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1405 extern int x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text; |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1407 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1408 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1409 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1411 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1412 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1413 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1414 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1415 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1416 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1417 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1419 wbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1420 gtk_widget_show (wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1421 wtoggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show hidden files."); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1422 |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1423 if (x_gtk_show_hidden_files) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1424 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1425 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (filewin), "show-hidden", TRUE, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1426 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), TRUE); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1427 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1428 gtk_widget_show (wtoggle); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1429 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), "clicked", |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1430 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), filewin); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1431 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (filewin), "notify", |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1432 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_notify_cb), wtoggle); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1433 |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1434 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1435 { |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1436 message[0] = '\0'; |
73048
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1437 /* Gtk+ 2.10 has the file name text entry box integrated in the dialog. |
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1438 Show the C-l help text only for versions < 2.10. */ |
73066 | 1439 if (gtk_check_version (2, 10, 0) && action != GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1440 strcat (message, "\nType C-l to display a file name text entry box.\n"); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1441 strcat (message, "\nIf you don't like this file selector, use the " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1442 "corresponding\nkey binding or customize " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1443 "use-file-dialog to turn it off."); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1444 |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1445 wmessage = gtk_label_new (message); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1446 gtk_widget_show (wmessage); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1447 } |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1448 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1449 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wtoggle, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1450 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1451 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wmessage, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1452 gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1453 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1454 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1455 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1456 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1457 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
78781
415fda17ec8f
(xg_get_file_with_chooser): Move GCPRO1 after declarations
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78762
diff
changeset
|
1458 char *utf8_filename; |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1459 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1461 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1462 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1463 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1464 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1465 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1466 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1468 utf8_filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (file)); |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1469 if (! NILP (Ffile_directory_p (file))) |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1470 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1471 utf8_filename); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1472 else |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1473 { |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1474 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1475 utf8_filename); |
72637
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1476 if (action == GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1477 { |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1478 char *cp = strrchr (utf8_filename, '/'); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1479 if (cp) ++cp; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1480 else cp = utf8_filename; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1481 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), cp); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1482 } |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1483 } |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1485 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1486 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1487 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1488 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1489 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1490 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1491 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1493 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1495 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1496 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1498 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1499 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (w) |
49323 | 1500 GtkWidget *w; |
1501 { | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1502 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1503 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1504 } |
1505 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1506 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1507 F is the current frame. |
1508 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1509 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1510 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1511 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1512 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1514 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1515 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1516 static GtkWidget * |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1517 xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1518 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
49323 | 1519 FRAME_PTR f; |
1520 char *prompt; | |
1521 char *default_filename; | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1522 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1523 xg_get_file_func *func; |
49323 | 1524 { |
1525 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1526 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1527 |
49323 | 1528 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1529 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1530 | |
1531 if (default_filename) | |
1532 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1533 | |
1534 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1535 { | |
1536 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1537 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1538 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1539 } | |
1540 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1541 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1543 return filewin; |
49323 | 1544 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1545 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1547 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1548 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1549 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1550 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1551 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1552 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1553 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1554 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1555 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1556 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1557 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1558 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1559 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1560 char * |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1561 xg_get_file_name (f, prompt, default_filename, mustmatch_p, only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1562 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1563 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1564 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1565 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1566 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1567 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1568 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1569 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1570 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1571 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1572 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1573 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1574 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1575 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1576 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1577 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1578 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1579 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1580 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1581 |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1582 if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1583 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1584 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1585 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1586 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1587 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1589 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1590 |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1591 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1592 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1593 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1594 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1595 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1596 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1597 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1598 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1600 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1602 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1603 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1604 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1605 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1606 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1607 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1609 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1610 "response", |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1611 G_CALLBACK (xg_dialog_response_cb), |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1612 &filesel_done); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1614 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1615 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1617 gtk_widget_show (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1618 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1619 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1620 while (! filesel_done) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1621 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1622 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1623 gtk_main_iteration (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1624 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1625 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1626 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1627 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1628 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1630 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1631 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1633 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1634 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1635 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1636 } |
49323 | 1637 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1638 #ifdef HAVE_FREETYPE |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1639 /* Pop up a GTK font selector and return the name of the font the user |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1640 selects, as a C string. The returned font name follows GTK's own |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1641 format: |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1643 `FAMILY [VALUE1 VALUE2] SIZE' |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1644 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1645 This can be parsed using font_parse_fcname in font.c. |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1646 DEFAULT_NAME, if non-zero, is the default font name. */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1648 char * |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1649 xg_get_font_name (f, default_name) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1650 FRAME_PTR f; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1651 char *default_name; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1652 { |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1653 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1654 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1655 char *fontname = NULL; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1656 int done = 0; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1657 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1658 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1659 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1660 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1661 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1662 w = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new ("Pick a font"); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1663 if (default_name) |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1664 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (w), |
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1665 default_name); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1667 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1668 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-fontdialog"); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1669 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1670 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1671 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1672 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1673 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1674 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "response", |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1675 G_CALLBACK (xg_dialog_response_cb), &done); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1677 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1678 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1679 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1680 gtk_widget_show (w); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1681 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1682 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1683 while (!done) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1684 { |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1685 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1686 gtk_main_iteration (); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1687 } |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1689 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1690 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1691 #endif |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1692 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1693 if (done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1694 fontname = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1695 ((GtkFontSelectionDialog *) w); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1696 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1697 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1698 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1699 return fontname; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1700 } |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1701 #endif /* HAVE_FREETYPE */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1702 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1703 |
49323 | 1704 |
1705 /*********************************************************************** | |
1706 Menu functions. | |
1707 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1708 | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1709 /* The name of menu items that can be used for customization. Since GTK |
49323 | 1710 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1711 menu item names so a user can easily customize menu items. */ |
49323 | 1712 |
1713 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1714 | |
1715 | |
1716 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1717 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1718 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1719 | |
1720 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1721 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1722 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1723 | |
1724 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1725 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1726 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1727 | |
1728 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1729 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1730 |
49323 | 1731 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1732 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1733 |
49323 | 1734 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
1735 make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1736 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1737 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1738 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1739 { | |
1740 if (! cl_data) | |
1741 { | |
1742 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1743 cl_data->f = f; | |
1744 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1745 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1746 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1747 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1748 | |
1749 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1750 } | |
1751 | |
1752 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1753 | |
1754 return cl_data; | |
1755 } | |
1756 | |
1757 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1758 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1759 | |
1760 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1761 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1762 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1763 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1764 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1765 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1766 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1767 |
49323 | 1768 static void |
1769 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1770 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1771 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1772 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1773 { | |
1774 if (cl_data) | |
1775 { | |
1776 cl_data->f = f; | |
1777 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1778 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1779 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1780 } | |
1781 } | |
1782 | |
1783 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1784 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
49323 | 1786 static void |
1787 unref_cl_data (cl_data) | |
1788 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1789 { | |
1790 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1791 { | |
1792 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1793 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1794 { | |
1795 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1796 xfree (cl_data); | |
1797 } | |
1798 } | |
1799 } | |
1800 | |
1801 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1802 |
49323 | 1803 void |
1804 xg_mark_data () | |
1805 { | |
1806 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1807 | |
1808 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1809 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1810 |
1811 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1812 { | |
1813 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1814 | |
1815 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1816 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1817 } |
1818 } | |
1819 | |
1820 | |
1821 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1822 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1823 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1824 |
49323 | 1825 static void |
1826 menuitem_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1827 GtkWidget *w; | |
1828 gpointer client_data; | |
1829 { | |
1830 if (client_data) | |
1831 { | |
1832 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1833 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1834 xfree (data); | |
1835 } | |
1836 } | |
1837 | |
1838 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1839 W is the parent of the menu item. |
49323 | 1840 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1841 CLIENT_DATA is not used. |
49323 | 1842 |
1843 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1844 |
49323 | 1845 static gboolean |
1846 menuitem_highlight_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
1847 GtkWidget *w; | |
1848 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
1849 gpointer client_data; | |
1850 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1851 GdkEvent ev; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1852 GtkWidget *subwidget; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1853 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1854 |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1855 ev.crossing = *event; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1856 subwidget = gtk_get_event_widget (&ev); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1857 data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (subwidget), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1858 XG_ITEM_DATA); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1859 if (data) |
49323 | 1860 { |
1861 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) | |
1862 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1863 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : data; |
49323 | 1864 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1865 (*func) (subwidget, call_data); |
49323 | 1866 } |
1867 } | |
1868 | |
1869 return FALSE; | |
1870 } | |
1871 | |
1872 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1873 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1874 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1875 |
49323 | 1876 static void |
1877 menu_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1878 GtkWidget *w; | |
1879 gpointer client_data; | |
1880 { | |
1881 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1882 } | |
1883 | |
1884 /* Callback called when a menu does a grab or ungrab. That means the | |
1885 menu has been activated or deactivated. | |
1886 Used to start a timer so the small timeout the menus in GTK uses before | |
1887 popping down a menu is seen by Emacs (see xg_process_timeouts above). | |
1888 W is the widget that does the grab (not used). | |
1889 UNGRAB_P is TRUE if this is an ungrab, FALSE if it is a grab. | |
1890 CLIENT_DATA is NULL (not used). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1891 |
78744
b342cac5976b
(menu_grab_callback) <cnt>: Move static variable to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78721
diff
changeset
|
1892 /* Keep track of total number of grabs. */ |
78762
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1893 static int menu_grab_callback_cnt; |
78744
b342cac5976b
(menu_grab_callback) <cnt>: Move static variable to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78721
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
49323 | 1895 static void |
1896 menu_grab_callback (GtkWidget *widget, | |
1897 gboolean ungrab_p, | |
1898 gpointer client_data) | |
1899 { | |
78762
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1900 if (ungrab_p) menu_grab_callback_cnt--; |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1901 else menu_grab_callback_cnt++; |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1903 if (menu_grab_callback_cnt > 0 && ! xg_timer) xg_start_timer (); |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1904 else if (menu_grab_callback_cnt == 0 && xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
49323 | 1905 } |
1906 | |
1907 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1908 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1909 | |
1910 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
49323 | 1912 static GtkWidget * |
1913 make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key) | |
1914 char *utf8_label; | |
1915 char *utf8_key; | |
1916 { | |
1917 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1918 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1919 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1920 |
49323 | 1921 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1922 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1923 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1924 | |
1925 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1926 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1927 |
49323 | 1928 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1929 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1930 | |
1931 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1932 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1933 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1934 |
1935 return wbox; | |
1936 } | |
1937 | |
1938 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1939 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1940 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1941 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1942 |
49323 | 1943 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1944 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1945 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1946 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1947 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1948 | |
1949 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1950 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1951 |
49323 | 1952 static GtkWidget * |
1953 make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group) | |
1954 char *utf8_label; | |
1955 char *utf8_key; | |
1956 widget_value *item; | |
1957 GSList **group; | |
1958 { | |
1959 GtkWidget *w; | |
1960 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1962 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1963 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1964 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1965 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1966 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1967 |
49323 | 1968 if (utf8_key) |
1969 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1970 |
49323 | 1971 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1972 { | |
1973 *group = NULL; | |
1974 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1975 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1976 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1977 } | |
1978 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1979 { | |
1980 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1981 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1982 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1983 if (item->selected) | |
1984 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1985 } | |
1986 else | |
1987 { | |
1988 *group = NULL; | |
1989 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1990 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1991 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1992 |
49323 | 1993 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1994 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1995 | |
1996 return w; | |
1997 } | |
1998 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1999 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 2000 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2001 |
78787
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2002 static char* separator_names[] = { |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2003 "space", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2004 "no-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2005 "single-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2006 "double-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2007 "single-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2008 "double-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2009 "shadow-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2010 "shadow-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2011 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2012 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2013 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2014 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2015 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2016 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2017 0, |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2018 }; |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
49323 | 2020 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2021 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 2022 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2023 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2024 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2025 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2026 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2027 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2028 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2029 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2030 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2031 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2032 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2033 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2034 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2035 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2036 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2037 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2038 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2039 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2040 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2041 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2042 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2043 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2044 return 0; |
49323 | 2045 } |
2046 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2047 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2048 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2049 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2050 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2051 int |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2052 xg_have_tear_offs () |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2053 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2054 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2055 } |
49323 | 2056 |
2057 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2058 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 2059 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2060 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2062 static void |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2063 tearoff_remove (widget, client_data) |
49323 | 2064 GtkWidget *widget; |
2065 gpointer client_data; | |
2066 { | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2067 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 2068 } |
2069 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2070 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2071 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 2072 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2073 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2074 |
49323 | 2075 static void |
2076 tearoff_activate (widget, client_data) | |
2077 GtkWidget *widget; | |
2078 gpointer client_data; | |
2079 { | |
2080 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2081 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2082 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2083 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2084 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2085 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2086 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2087 } |
49323 | 2088 } |
2089 | |
2090 | |
2091 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
2092 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
2093 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2094 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2095 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2096 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
2097 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
2098 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
2099 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
2100 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
2101 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
2102 | |
2103 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
49323 | 2105 static GtkWidget * |
2106 xg_create_one_menuitem (item, f, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data, group) | |
2107 widget_value *item; | |
2108 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2109 GCallback select_cb; | |
2110 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2111 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2112 GSList **group; | |
2113 { | |
2114 char *utf8_label; | |
2115 char *utf8_key; | |
2116 GtkWidget *w; | |
2117 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
2118 | |
2119 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2120 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
2121 | |
2122 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
2123 | |
2124 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2125 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
2126 | |
2127 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
2128 | |
2129 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
2130 | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2131 cb_data->select_id = 0; |
49323 | 2132 cb_data->help = item->help; |
2133 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
2134 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2135 |
49323 | 2136 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
2137 "destroy", | |
2138 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
2139 cb_data); | |
2140 | |
2141 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
2142 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
2143 | |
2144 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
2145 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
2146 { | |
2147 if (select_cb) | |
2148 cb_data->select_id | |
2149 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
2150 } | |
2151 | |
2152 return w; | |
2153 } | |
2154 | |
50112
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2155 static GtkWidget *create_menus P_ ((widget_value *, FRAME_PTR, GCallback, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2156 GCallback, GCallback, int, int, int, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2157 GtkWidget *, xg_menu_cb_data *, char *)); |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
49323 | 2159 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. |
2160 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2161 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2162 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2163 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2164 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
2165 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
2166 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
2167 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
2168 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
2169 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
2170 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
2171 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
2172 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
2173 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
2174 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
2175 | |
2176 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
2177 not NULL. | |
2178 | |
2179 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
2180 | |
2181 static GtkWidget * | |
2182 create_menus (data, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, | |
2183 pop_up_p, menu_bar_p, add_tearoff_p, topmenu, cl_data, name) | |
2184 widget_value *data; | |
2185 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2186 GCallback select_cb; | |
2187 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2188 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2189 int pop_up_p; | |
2190 int menu_bar_p; | |
2191 int add_tearoff_p; | |
2192 GtkWidget *topmenu; | |
2193 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2194 char *name; | |
2195 { | |
2196 widget_value *item; | |
2197 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
2198 GSList *group = NULL; | |
2199 | |
2200 if (! topmenu) | |
2201 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2202 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2203 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2204 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2205 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2206 /* Connect this to the menu instead of items so we get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2207 disabled items also. TODO: Still does not get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2208 disabled items in detached menus. */ |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2209 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2210 "enter-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2211 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2212 NULL); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2213 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2214 "leave-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2215 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2216 NULL); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2217 } |
49323 | 2218 else wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
2219 | |
2220 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ | |
2221 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2222 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
2223 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
2224 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2225 |
49323 | 2226 if (name) |
2227 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
2228 | |
2229 if (deactivate_cb) | |
2230 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
2231 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 2232 |
2233 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
2234 "grab-notify", G_CALLBACK (menu_grab_callback), 0); | |
2235 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2236 |
49323 | 2237 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
2238 { | |
2239 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
2240 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
2241 | |
2242 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
2243 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
2244 } | |
2245 | |
2246 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
2247 { | |
2248 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2249 |
49323 | 2250 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
2251 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2252 { | |
2253 char *utf8_label; | |
2254 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
2255 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
2256 group = NULL; | |
2257 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2258 | |
2259 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2260 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2261 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
2262 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2263 } | |
2264 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2265 { | |
2266 group = NULL; | |
2267 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
2268 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
2269 } | |
2270 else | |
2271 { | |
2272 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
2273 f, | |
2274 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
2275 highlight_cb, | |
2276 cl_data, | |
2277 &group); | |
2278 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2279 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2280 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2281 if (item->contents || menu_bar_p) |
49323 | 2282 { |
2283 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
2284 f, | |
2285 select_cb, | |
2286 deactivate_cb, | |
2287 highlight_cb, | |
2288 0, | |
2289 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2290 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 2291 0, |
2292 cl_data, | |
2293 0); | |
2294 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
2295 } | |
2296 } | |
2297 | |
2298 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
2299 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2300 } | |
2301 | |
2302 return wmenu; | |
2303 } | |
2304 | |
2305 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
2306 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
2307 with some text and buttons. | |
2308 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
2309 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
2310 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
2311 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
2312 a dialog button is pressed. | |
2313 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
2314 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
2315 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
2316 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2317 | |
2318 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
49323 | 2320 GtkWidget * |
2321 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
2322 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2323 char *type; | |
2324 char *name; | |
2325 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2326 widget_value *val; | |
2327 GCallback select_cb; | |
2328 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2329 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2330 { | |
2331 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2332 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2333 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2334 |
49323 | 2335 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2336 { | |
2337 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2338 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2339 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2340 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2341 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2342 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2343 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2344 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2345 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2346 { |
2347 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2348 f, | |
2349 select_cb, | |
2350 deactivate_cb, | |
2351 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2352 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2353 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2354 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2355 0, |
2356 0, | |
2357 name); | |
2358 | |
2359 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2360 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2361 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2362 { |
2363 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2364 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2365 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2366 } |
2367 } | |
2368 else | |
2369 { | |
2370 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2371 type); | |
2372 } | |
2373 | |
2374 return w; | |
2375 } | |
2376 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2377 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2378 |
49323 | 2379 static const char * |
2380 xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) | |
2381 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2382 { | |
2383 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2384 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2385 } | |
2386 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2387 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2388 |
49323 | 2389 static int |
2390 xg_item_label_same_p (witem, label) | |
2391 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2392 char *label; | |
2393 { | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2394 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2395 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2396 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2397 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2398 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2399 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2400 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2401 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2402 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2403 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2404 |
2405 return is_same; | |
2406 } | |
2407 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2408 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2409 |
49323 | 2410 static void |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2411 xg_destroy_widgets (list) |
49323 | 2412 GList *list; |
2413 { | |
2414 GList *iter; | |
2415 | |
49572 | 2416 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2417 { |
2418 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2419 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2420 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2421 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2422 } | |
2423 } | |
2424 | |
2425 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2426 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2427 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2428 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2429 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2430 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2431 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2432 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2433 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2434 |
2435 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
49323 | 2437 static void |
49572 | 2438 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2439 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) |
49323 | 2440 GtkWidget *menubar; |
2441 FRAME_PTR f; | |
49572 | 2442 GList **list; |
2443 GList *iter; | |
2444 int pos; | |
49323 | 2445 widget_value *val; |
2446 GCallback select_cb; | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2447 GCallback deactivate_cb; |
49323 | 2448 GCallback highlight_cb; |
2449 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2450 { | |
49572 | 2451 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2452 return; |
49572 | 2453 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2454 { |
49572 | 2455 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2456 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2457 |
2458 /* All updated. */ | |
2459 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2460 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2461 } |
49572 | 2462 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2463 { |
2464 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2465 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, |
49323 | 2466 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); |
2467 | |
2468 /* All updated. */ | |
2469 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2470 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2471 } |
49572 | 2472 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2473 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2474 { |
2475 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2476 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2477 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2478 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2479 } |
2480 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2481 { | |
49572 | 2482 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2483 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2484 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2485 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2486 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2487 widget_value *cur; |
2488 | |
2489 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2490 for (iter2 = iter; |
2491 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2492 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2493 { |
49572 | 2494 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2495 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2496 } | |
2497 | |
49572 | 2498 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2499 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2500 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2501 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2502 | |
2503 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2504 { |
49572 | 2505 int nr = pos; |
2506 | |
49323 | 2507 /* This corresponds to: |
2508 Current: A B C | |
2509 New: A C | |
2510 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2511 |
49323 | 2512 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2513 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2514 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2515 | |
2516 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2517 g_list_free (*list); |
2518 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2519 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2520 } |
49572 | 2521 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2522 { |
2523 /* This corresponds to: | |
2524 Current: A B C | |
2525 New: A X C | |
2526 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2527 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2528 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2529 (corresponds to B above). | |
2530 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2531 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2532 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2533 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2534 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2535 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2536 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2537 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2538 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2539 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2540 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2541 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2542 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2543 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2544 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2545 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2546 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2547 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2548 |
49572 | 2549 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2550 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2551 ++pos; |
49323 | 2552 } |
49572 | 2553 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2554 { |
2555 /* This corresponds to: | |
2556 Current: A B C | |
2557 New: A X B C | |
2558 Insert X. */ | |
2559 | |
49572 | 2560 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2561 GList *group = 0; |
2562 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, | |
2563 f, | |
2564 select_cb, | |
2565 highlight_cb, | |
2566 cl_data, | |
2567 &group); | |
2568 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2569 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2570 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2571 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (NULL, f, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2572 select_cb, deactivate_cb, |
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2573 highlight_cb, |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2574 0, 0, 0, 0, cl_data, 0); |
49323 | 2575 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
2576 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2577 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); |
49323 | 2578 |
49572 | 2579 g_list_free (*list); |
2580 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2581 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2582 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2583 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2584 ++pos; |
49323 | 2585 } |
49572 | 2586 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2587 { |
49572 | 2588 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2589 /* This corresponds to: |
2590 Current: A B C | |
2591 New: A C B | |
2592 Move C before B */ | |
2593 | |
2594 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2595 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2596 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2597 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
2598 gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2599 | |
49572 | 2600 g_list_free (*list); |
2601 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2602 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
76906
bb6e75c27940
(xg_update_menubar): Call g_list_next after moving
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75576
diff
changeset
|
2603 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2604 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2605 ++pos; |
49323 | 2606 } |
2607 } | |
2608 | |
2609 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2610 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2611 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
49323 | 2612 } |
2613 | |
2614 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2615 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2616 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
102358 | 2617 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invocation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2618 |
49323 | 2619 static void |
2620 xg_update_menu_item (val, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2621 widget_value *val; | |
2622 GtkWidget *w; | |
2623 GCallback select_cb; | |
2624 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2625 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2626 { | |
2627 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2628 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2629 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2630 char *utf8_label; | |
2631 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2632 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2633 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2634 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2635 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2636 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2637 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2638 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2639 | |
2640 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2641 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2642 { | |
2643 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2644 | |
2645 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2646 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2647 g_list_free (list); |
2648 | |
49323 | 2649 if (! utf8_key) |
2650 { | |
2651 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
2652 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2653 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2654 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2655 wkey = 0; | |
2656 } | |
49572 | 2657 |
49323 | 2658 } |
2659 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2660 { | |
2661 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2662 | |
2663 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2664 if (utf8_key) | |
2665 { | |
2666 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2667 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2668 |
49323 | 2669 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2670 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2671 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2672 |
2673 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2674 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2675 } | |
2676 } | |
2677 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2679 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2680 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2681 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2682 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2683 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2684 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2685 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2686 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2687 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2688 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2689 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2690 |
49323 | 2691 if (! val->enabled && GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
2692 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2693 else if (val->enabled && ! GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) | |
2694 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); | |
2695 | |
2696 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2697 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2698 if (cb_data) | |
2699 { | |
2700 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2701 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2702 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
49323 | 2704 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2705 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2706 { | |
2707 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2708 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2709 cb_data->select_id | |
2710 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2711 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2712 } | |
2713 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2714 { | |
2715 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2716 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2717 } | |
2718 } | |
2719 } | |
2720 | |
2721 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2722 |
49323 | 2723 static void |
2724 xg_update_toggle_item (val, w) | |
2725 widget_value *val; | |
2726 GtkWidget *w; | |
2727 { | |
2728 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2729 } | |
2730 | |
2731 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2732 |
49323 | 2733 static void |
2734 xg_update_radio_item (val, w) | |
2735 widget_value *val; | |
2736 GtkWidget *w; | |
2737 { | |
2738 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2739 } | |
2740 | |
2741 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2742 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2743 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2744 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2745 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2746 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2747 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2748 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2749 | |
2750 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2751 was NULL. */ | |
2752 | |
2753 static GtkWidget * | |
2754 xg_update_submenu (submenu, f, val, | |
2755 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2756 GtkWidget *submenu; | |
2757 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2758 widget_value *val; | |
2759 GCallback select_cb; | |
2760 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2761 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2762 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2763 { | |
2764 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2765 GList *list = 0; | |
2766 GList *iter; | |
2767 widget_value *cur; | |
2768 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2769 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2770 |
49323 | 2771 if (submenu) |
2772 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2773 |
49323 | 2774 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2775 cur && iter; | |
2776 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2777 { | |
2778 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2779 | |
2780 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2781 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2782 { | |
2783 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2784 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2785 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2786 else break; | |
2787 } | |
2788 | |
2789 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2790 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2791 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2792 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2793 first_radio = iter; | |
2794 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2795 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2796 first_radio = 0; | |
2797 | |
2798 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2799 { | |
2800 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2801 break; | |
2802 } | |
2803 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2804 { | |
2805 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2806 break; | |
2807 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2808 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2809 } | |
2810 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2811 { | |
2812 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2813 break; | |
2814 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2815 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2816 } | |
2817 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2818 { | |
2819 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2820 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2821 | |
2822 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2823 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2824 break; | |
2825 | |
2826 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2827 | |
2828 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2829 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2830 { | |
2831 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
2832 gtk_widget_ref (sub); | |
2833 gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (witem); | |
2834 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); | |
2835 } | |
2836 else if (cur->contents) | |
2837 { | |
2838 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2839 | |
2840 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2841 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2842 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2843 | |
2844 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2845 if (nsub != sub) | |
2846 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2847 } | |
2848 } | |
2849 else | |
2850 { | |
2851 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2852 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2853 break; | |
2854 } | |
2855 } | |
2856 | |
2857 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2858 if (iter) | |
2859 { | |
2860 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2861 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2862 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2863 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2864 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2865 |
49323 | 2866 if (cur) |
2867 { | |
2868 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2869 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2870 f, | |
2871 select_cb, | |
2872 deactivate_cb, | |
2873 highlight_cb, | |
2874 0, | |
2875 0, | |
2876 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2877 submenu, | |
2878 cl_data, | |
2879 0); | |
2880 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2881 |
49572 | 2882 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2883 | |
49323 | 2884 return newsub; |
2885 } | |
2886 | |
2887 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2888 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2889 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2890 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2891 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2892 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2893 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2894 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2895 |
49323 | 2896 void |
2897 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2898 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2899 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2900 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2901 widget_value *val; | |
2902 int deep_p; | |
2903 GCallback select_cb; | |
2904 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2905 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2906 { | |
2907 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2908 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2909 | |
2910 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2911 |
49323 | 2912 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2913 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2914 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2915 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2916 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2917 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
2918 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 2919 { |
2920 widget_value *cur; | |
2921 | |
2922 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2923 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2924 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2925 | |
2926 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2927 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2928 | |
2929 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2930 { | |
49572 | 2931 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2932 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2933 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
2934 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2935 | |
2936 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2937 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2938 { | |
2939 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2940 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2941 { | |
2942 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2943 break; | |
2944 } | |
2945 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2946 |
49323 | 2947 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2948 f, | |
2949 cur->contents, | |
2950 select_cb, | |
2951 deactivate_cb, | |
2952 highlight_cb, | |
2953 cl_data); | |
2954 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2955 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2956 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
2957 if (newsub != sub) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2958 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2959 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2960 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2961 } |
49323 | 2962 } |
2963 } | |
2964 | |
49572 | 2965 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2966 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2967 } | |
2968 | |
2969 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2970 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2971 | |
2972 int | |
2973 xg_update_frame_menubar (f) | |
2974 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2975 { | |
2976 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2977 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2978 |
49323 | 2979 if (!x->menubar_widget || GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (x->menubar_widget)) |
2980 return 0; | |
2981 | |
2982 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2983 | |
2984 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2985 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2986 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2987 | |
2988 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2989 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2990 | |
2991 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
2992 | |
2993 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2994 rows to what we had before adding the menu bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
2995 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2996 |
49323 | 2997 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2998 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2999 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
3000 return 1; |
49323 | 3001 } |
3002 | |
3003 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
3004 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
3005 | |
3006 void | |
3007 free_frame_menubar (f) | |
3008 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3009 { | |
3010 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3011 | |
3012 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
3013 { | |
3014 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3015 | |
3016 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
3017 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
3018 the container. */ | |
3019 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
3020 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
3021 | |
3022 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3023 rows to what we had before removing the menu bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3024 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3025 |
3026 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3027 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3028 } | |
3029 } | |
3030 | |
3031 | |
3032 | |
3033 /*********************************************************************** | |
3034 Scroll bar functions | |
3035 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3036 | |
3037 | |
3038 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
3039 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3040 |
49323 | 3041 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
3042 | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3043 /* Xlib's `Window' fits in 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3044 may be larger than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3045 pointers to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3046 |
49323 | 3047 static struct |
3048 { | |
3049 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
3050 int max_size; | |
3051 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3052 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 3053 |
3054 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3055 |
49323 | 3056 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
3057 | |
3058 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3059 |
49323 | 3060 static int |
3061 xg_store_widget_in_map (w) | |
3062 GtkWidget *w; | |
3063 { | |
3064 int i; | |
3065 | |
3066 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
3067 { | |
3068 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
3069 | |
3070 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
3071 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
3072 | |
3073 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
3074 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
3075 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
3076 } | |
3077 | |
3078 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
3079 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
3080 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
3081 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
3082 { | |
3083 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
3084 { | |
3085 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
3086 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
3087 | |
3088 return i; | |
3089 } | |
3090 } | |
3091 | |
3092 /* Should never end up here */ | |
3093 abort (); | |
3094 } | |
3095 | |
3096 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
3097 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3098 |
49323 | 3099 static void |
3100 xg_remove_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3101 int idx; | |
3102 { | |
3103 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3104 { | |
3105 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
3106 --id_to_widget.used; | |
3107 } | |
3108 } | |
3109 | |
3110 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3111 |
49323 | 3112 static GtkWidget * |
3113 xg_get_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3114 int idx; | |
3115 { | |
3116 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3117 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
3118 | |
3119 return 0; | |
3120 } | |
3121 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3122 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 3123 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3124 |
50063 | 3125 int |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3126 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (dpy, wid) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3127 Display *dpy; |
50063 | 3128 Window wid; |
3129 { | |
3130 int idx; | |
3131 GtkWidget *w; | |
3132 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3133 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 3134 |
3135 if (w) | |
3136 { | |
3137 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
3138 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
3139 return idx; | |
3140 } | |
3141 | |
3142 return -1; | |
3143 } | |
3144 | |
49323 | 3145 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
3146 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
3147 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3148 |
49323 | 3149 static void |
3150 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (widget, data) | |
3151 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3152 gpointer data; | |
3153 { | |
3154 gpointer p; | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3155 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3156 |
49323 | 3157 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
95481
4390d64d3328
Make "xfree (NULL)" a no-op; remove useless if-before-xfree.
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
3158 xfree (p); |
49323 | 3159 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); |
3160 } | |
3161 | |
3162 /* Callback for button press/release events. Used to start timer so that | |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3163 the scroll bar repetition timer in GTK gets handled. |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3164 Also, sets bar->dragging to Qnil when dragging (button release) is done. |
49323 | 3165 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget the event is for (not used). |
3166 EVENT contains the event. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3167 USER_DATA points to the struct scrollbar structure. |
49323 | 3168 |
3169 Returns FALSE to tell GTK that it shall continue propagate the event | |
3170 to widgets. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3171 |
49323 | 3172 static gboolean |
3173 scroll_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) | |
3174 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3175 GdkEventButton *event; | |
3176 gpointer user_data; | |
3177 { | |
3178 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && ! xg_timer) | |
3179 xg_start_timer (); | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3180 else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3181 { |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3182 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) user_data; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3183 if (xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3184 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3185 } |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3186 |
49323 | 3187 return FALSE; |
3188 } | |
3189 | |
3190 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
3191 in BAR. | |
3192 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
3193 bar changes. | |
3194 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used | |
3195 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3196 |
49323 | 3197 void |
3198 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, scroll_callback, scroll_bar_name) | |
3199 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3200 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3201 GCallback scroll_callback; | |
3202 char *scroll_bar_name; | |
3203 { | |
3204 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3205 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 3206 GtkObject *vadj; |
3207 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3208 |
49323 | 3209 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
3210 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
3211 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
3212 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
3213 | |
3214 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3215 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 3216 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
3217 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3218 |
49323 | 3219 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3220 |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3221 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
49323 | 3222 "value-changed", |
3223 scroll_callback, | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3224 (gpointer) bar); |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3225 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3226 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3227 "destroy", | |
3228 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3229 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
49323 | 3230 |
3231 /* Connect to button press and button release to detect if any scroll bar | |
3232 has the pointer. */ | |
3233 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), | |
3234 "button-press-event", | |
3235 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3236 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 3237 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3238 "button-release-event", | |
3239 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3240 (gpointer) bar); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3241 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3242 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3243 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3244 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3245 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3246 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3247 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3248 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3249 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3250 |
49323 | 3251 |
3252 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3253 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 3254 |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3255 bar->x_window = scroll_id; |
49323 | 3256 } |
3257 | |
3258 /* Make the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID visible. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3259 |
49323 | 3260 void |
3261 xg_show_scroll_bar (scrollbar_id) | |
3262 int scrollbar_id; | |
3263 { | |
3264 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3265 if (w) | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3266 gtk_widget_show_all (gtk_widget_get_parent (w)); |
49323 | 3267 } |
3268 | |
3269 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3270 |
49323 | 3271 void |
3272 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, scrollbar_id) | |
3273 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3274 int scrollbar_id; | |
3275 { | |
3276 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3277 if (w) | |
3278 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3279 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 3280 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3281 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 3282 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3283 } | |
3284 } | |
3285 | |
3286 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
3287 in frame F. | |
3288 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
3289 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3290 |
49323 | 3291 void |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3292 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, scrollbar_id, top, left, width, height) |
49323 | 3293 FRAME_PTR f; |
3294 int scrollbar_id; | |
3295 int top; | |
3296 int left; | |
3297 int width; | |
3298 int height; | |
3299 { | |
49572 | 3300 |
3301 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3302 |
49572 | 3303 if (wscroll) |
3304 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3305 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3306 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3307 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3308 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3309 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3310 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3311 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wparent); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3312 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3313 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3314 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3315 here to get some events. */ |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3316 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3317 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3318 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3319 } | |
49323 | 3320 } |
3321 | |
3322 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3323 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3324 |
49323 | 3325 void |
3326 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) | |
3327 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3328 int portion, position, whole; | |
3329 { | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3330 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (bar->x_window); |
49323 | 3331 |
3332 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3333 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3334 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3335 { |
3336 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3337 gdouble shown; | |
3338 gdouble top; | |
3339 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3340 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3341 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3342 |
49323 | 3343 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3344 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3345 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3346 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3347 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3348 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3349 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3350 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3351 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3352 |
49323 | 3353 if (whole <= 0) |
3354 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3355 else | |
3356 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3357 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3358 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3359 } | |
3360 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3361 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3362 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3363 size = max (size, 1); |
3364 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3365 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3366 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3367 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3368 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3369 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3370 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3371 |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3372 if ((int) adj->page_size != size |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3373 || (int) adj->step_increment != new_step) |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3374 { |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3375 adj->page_size = size; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3376 adj->step_increment = new_step; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3377 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3378 adj->page_increment = (int) (0.95*adj->page_size); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3379 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3380 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3381 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3382 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3383 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3384 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3385 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3386 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3387 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3388 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3389 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3390 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3391 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3392 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3393 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3394 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3395 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3396 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3397 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3398 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3399 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3400 } |
49323 | 3401 } |
3402 } | |
3403 | |
3404 | |
3405 /*********************************************************************** | |
3406 Tool bar functions | |
3407 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3408 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3409 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3410 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3411 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3412 | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3413 /* The key for storing the latest modifiers so the activate callback can |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3414 get them. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3415 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER "emacs-tool-bar-modifier" |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3416 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3417 /* The key for storing the button widget in its proxy menu item. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3418 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON "emacs-tool-bar-proxy-button" |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3419 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3420 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3421 the stock name used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3422 the GtkImage with a new image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3423 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-stock-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3424 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3425 /* As above, but this is used for named theme widgets, as opposed to |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3426 stock items. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3427 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-icon-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3428 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3429 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3430 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3431 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3432 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3433 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3434 static gboolean |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3435 xg_tool_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3436 GtkWidget *widget; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3437 GdkEventButton *event; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3438 gpointer user_data; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3439 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3440 /* Casts to avoid warnings when gpointer is 64 bits and int is 32 bits */ |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3441 gpointer ptr = (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) event->state; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3442 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER, ptr); |
68922 | 3443 return FALSE; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3444 } |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3445 |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3446 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3447 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3448 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3449 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3450 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3451 |
49323 | 3452 static void |
3453 xg_tool_bar_callback (w, client_data) | |
3454 GtkWidget *w; | |
3455 gpointer client_data; | |
3456 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3457 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3458 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3459 int mod = (int) (EMACS_INT) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3460 XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER); |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3461 |
49323 | 3462 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3463 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3464 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3465 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3466 |
3467 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3468 return; | |
3469 | |
3470 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3471 |
49323 | 3472 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3473 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3475 /* We generate two events here. The first one is to set the prefix |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3476 to `(tool_bar)', see keyboard.c. */ |
49323 | 3477 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
3478 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3479 event.arg = frame; |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3480 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3481 |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3482 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
49323 | 3483 event.frame_or_window = frame; |
3484 event.arg = key; | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3485 /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits |
102549
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3486 Emacs uses. This assumes GDK and X masks are the same, which they are when |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3487 this is written. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3488 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); |
49323 | 3489 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
102549
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3490 |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3491 /* Return focus to the frame after we have clicked on a detached |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3492 tool bar button. */ |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3493 Fx_focus_frame (frame); |
49323 | 3494 } |
3495 | |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3496 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed in a detached |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3497 tool bar or the overflow drop down menu. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3498 We just call xg_tool_bar_callback. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3499 W is the menu item widget that got pressed, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3500 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3501 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3502 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3503 static void |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3504 xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback (w, client_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3505 GtkWidget *w; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3506 gpointer client_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3507 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3508 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3509 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3510 xg_tool_bar_callback (wbutton, client_data); |
100501
50d559e0f461
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100498
diff
changeset
|
3511 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wbutton), |
50d559e0f461
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100498
diff
changeset
|
3512 XG_FRAME_DATA); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3513 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3514 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3515 /* This callback is called when a tool item should create a proxy item, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3516 such as for the overflow menu. Also called when the tool bar is detached. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3517 If we don't create a proxy menu item, the detached tool bar will be |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3518 blank. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3519 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3520 static gboolean |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3521 xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy (toolitem, user_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3522 GtkToolItem *toolitem; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3523 gpointer user_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3524 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3525 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (toolitem)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3526 GtkButton *wbutton = GTK_BUTTON (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3527 GtkWidget *wmenuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new (); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3528 GtkWidget *wmenuimage; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3529 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3530 if (gtk_button_get_use_stock (wbutton)) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3531 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (gtk_button_get_label (wbutton), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3532 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3533 else |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3534 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3535 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3536 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3537 GtkImageType store_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (wimage); |
85938
d7e05ac913d8
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
84621
diff
changeset
|
3538 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3539 if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_STOCK) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3540 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3541 gchar *stock_id; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3542 gtk_image_get_stock (wimage, &stock_id, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3543 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3544 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3545 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3546 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3547 GtkIconSet *icon_set; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3548 gtk_image_get_icon_set (wimage, &icon_set, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3549 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (icon_set, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3550 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3551 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3552 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3553 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3554 gint width, height; |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3555 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3556 if (settings && |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3557 gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (settings, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3558 &width, &height)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3559 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3560 GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf, *dest_pixbuf; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3561 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3562 src_pixbuf = gtk_image_get_pixbuf (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3563 dest_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple (src_pixbuf, width, height, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3564 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3565 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3566 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (dest_pixbuf); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3567 } |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3568 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3569 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3570 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF failed\n"); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3571 abort (); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3572 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3573 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3574 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3575 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3576 const gchar *icon_name; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3577 GtkIconSize icon_size; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3578 |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3579 gtk_image_get_icon_name (wimage, &icon_name, &icon_size); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3580 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3581 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3582 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3583 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3584 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3585 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: store_type is %d\n", store_type); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3586 abort (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3587 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3588 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3589 if (wmenuimage) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3590 gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (wmenuitem), wmenuimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3591 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3592 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3593 "activate", |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
3594 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback), |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3595 user_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3596 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3597 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3598 (gpointer) wbutton); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3599 gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (toolitem, "Emacs toolbar item", wmenuitem); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3600 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3601 return TRUE; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3602 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3603 |
49323 | 3604 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set |
3605 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3606 are correctly calculated. | |
3607 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3608 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3609 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3610 |
49323 | 3611 static void |
3612 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3613 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3614 GtkWidget *w; | |
3615 gpointer client_data; | |
3616 { | |
3617 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3618 extern int x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar; |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3620 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", !x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar, |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3621 NULL); |
49323 | 3622 |
3623 if (f) | |
3624 { | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3625 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3626 |
49323 | 3627 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are |
3628 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3629 place. */ | |
3630 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 2; | |
3631 | |
3632 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3633 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3634 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3635 } |
3636 } | |
3637 | |
3638 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3639 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3640 are correctly calculated. | |
3641 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3642 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3643 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3644 |
49323 | 3645 static void |
3646 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3647 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3648 GtkWidget *w; | |
3649 gpointer client_data; | |
3650 { | |
3651 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3652 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", TRUE, NULL); |
49323 | 3653 |
3654 if (f) | |
3655 { | |
3656 GtkRequisition req; | |
3657 | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3658 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3659 |
49323 | 3660 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); |
3661 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
3662 | |
3663 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3664 rows to what we had before attaching the tool bar. */ |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3665 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3666 } |
3667 } | |
3668 | |
3669 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3670 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3671 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3672 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3673 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3674 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3675 | |
3676 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3677 |
49323 | 3678 static gboolean |
3679 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3680 GtkWidget *w; | |
3681 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
3682 gpointer client_data; | |
3683 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3684 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3685 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3686 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3687 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3688 | |
3689 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3690 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3691 |
3692 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3693 { | |
3694 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3695 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3696 | |
3697 if (NILP (help)) | |
3698 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3699 } | |
3700 else | |
3701 help = Qnil; | |
3702 | |
3703 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3704 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3705 | |
3706 return FALSE; | |
3707 } | |
3708 | |
3709 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3710 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3711 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3712 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3713 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3714 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3715 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3716 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3717 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3718 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3719 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3720 static gboolean |
50063 | 3721 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3722 GtkWidget *w; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3723 GdkEventExpose *event; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3724 gpointer client_data; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3725 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3726 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3727 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3728 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3730 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3731 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3732 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3733 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3734 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3735 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3736 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3737 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3738 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3739 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3740 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3741 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3742 /* Attach a tool bar to frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3744 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3745 xg_pack_tool_bar (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3746 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3747 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3748 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3749 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3750 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3751 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3752 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3753 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3754 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3755 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3756 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3757 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3758 x->toolbar_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3759 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3760 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3761 FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3762 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3763 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3764 vbox_pos); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3765 gtk_widget_show_all (x->handlebox_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3766 } |
50063 | 3767 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3768 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
49323 | 3770 static void |
3771 xg_create_tool_bar (f) | |
3772 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3773 { | |
3774 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3775 GtkRequisition req; | |
3776 | |
3777 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3778 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3779 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3780 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3781 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3782 /* We only have icons, so override any user setting. We could |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3783 use the caption property of the toolbar item (see update_frame_tool_bar |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3784 below), but some of those strings are long, making the toolbar so |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3785 long it does not fit on the screen. The GtkToolbar widget makes every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3786 item equal size, so the longest caption determine the size of every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3787 tool bar item. I think the creators of the GtkToolbar widget |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3788 counted on 4 or 5 character long strings. */ |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3789 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3790 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3791 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
49323 | 3792 } |
3793 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3794 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3795 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3796 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3797 /* Find the right-to-left image named by RTL in the tool bar images for F. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3798 Returns IMAGE if RTL is not found. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3799 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3800 static Lisp_Object |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3801 find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3802 FRAME_PTR f; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3803 Lisp_Object image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3804 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3805 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3806 int i; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3807 Lisp_Object file, rtl_name; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3808 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3809 GCPRO2 (file, rtl_name); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3810 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3811 rtl_name = Ffile_name_nondirectory (rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3812 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3813 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3814 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3815 Lisp_Object rtl_image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3816 if (!NILP (file = file_for_image (rtl_image))) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3817 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3818 file = call1 (intern ("file-name-sans-extension"), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3819 Ffile_name_nondirectory (file)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3820 if (EQ (Fequal (file, rtl_name), Qt)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3821 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3822 image = rtl_image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3823 break; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3824 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3825 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3826 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3827 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3828 return image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3829 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3830 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3831 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3832 |
49323 | 3833 void |
3834 update_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3835 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3836 { | |
3837 int i; | |
3838 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3839 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
75576
e852dba095f9
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize h/vmargin to 0.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75417
diff
changeset
|
3840 int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3841 GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3842 GtkToolItem *ti; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3843 GtkTextDirection dir; |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3844 int pack_tool_bar = x->handlebox_widget == NULL; |
49323 | 3845 |
3846 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3847 return; | |
3848 | |
3849 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3850 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3851 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3852 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3853 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3854 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3855 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3856 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3857 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3858 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3859 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3860 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3861 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3862 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3863 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3864 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3865 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3866 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3867 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3868 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3869 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3870 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3871 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3872 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3873 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3874 |
49323 | 3875 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3876 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3877 | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3878 wtoolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3879 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &old_req); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3880 dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (x->toolbar_widget); |
49323 | 3881 |
3882 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) | |
3883 { | |
3884 | |
3885 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3886 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3887 int idx; | |
3888 int img_id; | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3889 int icon_size = 0; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3890 struct image *img = NULL; |
49323 | 3891 Lisp_Object image; |
100100
f5d2a2e44839
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize variable.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98555
diff
changeset
|
3892 Lisp_Object stock = Qnil; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3893 GtkStockItem stock_item; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3894 char *stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3895 char *icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3896 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3897 GtkWidget *wbutton = NULL; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3898 GtkWidget *weventbox; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3899 Lisp_Object func = intern ("x-gtk-map-stock"); |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3900 Lisp_Object specified_file; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3901 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3902 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3903 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3904 if (ti) |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3905 { |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3906 weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3907 wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3908 } |
49323 | 3909 |
3910 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); | |
3911 | |
3912 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3913 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3914 { | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3915 if (wbutton) gtk_widget_hide (wbutton); |
49323 | 3916 continue; |
3917 } | |
3918 | |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3919 specified_file = file_for_image (image); |
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3920 if (!NILP (specified_file) && EQ (Qt, Ffboundp (func))) |
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3921 stock = call1 (func, specified_file); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3922 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3923 if (! NILP (stock) && STRINGP (stock)) |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3924 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3925 stock_name = SSDATA (stock); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3926 if (stock_name[0] == 'n' && stock_name[1] == ':') |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3927 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3928 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3929 GtkIconTheme *icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen (screen); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3930 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3931 icon_name = stock_name + 2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3932 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3933 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3934 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3935 if (! gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (icon_theme, icon_name)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3936 icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3937 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3938 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3939 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3940 else if (gtk_stock_lookup (SSDATA (stock), &stock_item)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3941 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3942 else |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3943 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3944 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3945 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3946 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3947 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3948 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3949 if (stock_name == NULL && icon_name == NULL) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3950 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3951 /* No stock image, or stock item not known. Try regular image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3952 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3953 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3954 button state. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3955 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3956 && !NILP (rtl = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_RTL_IMAGE)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3957 && STRINGP (rtl)) |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3958 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3959 image = find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3960 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3961 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3962 if (VECTORP (image)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3963 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3964 if (enabled_p) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3965 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3966 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3967 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3968 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3969 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3970 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3971 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3972 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3973 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3974 image = AREF (image, idx); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3975 } |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3976 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3977 idx = -1; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3978 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3979 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3980 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3981 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3983 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3984 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3985 if (ti) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3986 gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3987 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3988 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3989 /* Insert an empty (non-image) button */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3990 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3991 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3992 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3993 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3994 GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3995 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3996 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3997 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3998 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3999 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4000 continue; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4001 } |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
4002 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4003 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4004 if (ti == NULL) |
49323 | 4005 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4006 GtkWidget *w; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4007 if (stock_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4008 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4009 w = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4010 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4011 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4012 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4013 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4014 else if (icon_name) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4015 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4016 w = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4017 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4018 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4019 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4020 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4021 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4022 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4023 w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4024 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4025 this function is called again. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4026 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4027 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4028 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4029 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4030 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4031 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4032 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4033 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4034 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wbutton), w); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4035 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4036 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4037 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4038 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
4039 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
74376
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
4040 |
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
4041 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
4042 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4043 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), "create-menu-proxy", |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4044 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy), |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4045 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4046 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4047 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wbutton), "clicked", |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4048 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_callback), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4049 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4050 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4051 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4052 |
49323 | 4053 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4054 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (weventbox), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4055 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4056 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
50063 | 4057 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4058 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4059 "expose-event", |
50063 | 4060 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4061 0); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4062 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4063 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4064 gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (ti, FALSE); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4065 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4066 /* Callback to save modifyer mask (Shift/Control, etc). GTK makes |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4067 no distinction based on modifiers in the activate callback, |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4068 so we have to do it ourselves. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4069 g_signal_connect (wbutton, "button-release-event", |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4070 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_button_cb), |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4071 NULL); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4072 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4073 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wbutton), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4074 |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4075 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4076 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4077 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4078 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4079 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4080 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4081 "enter-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4082 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4083 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4084 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4085 "leave-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4086 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4087 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49323 | 4088 } |
4089 else | |
4090 { | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4091 GtkWidget *wimage = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4092 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4093 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4094 gpointer old_stock_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4095 XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4096 gpointer old_icon_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4097 XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4098 if (stock_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4099 (! old_stock_name || strcmp (old_stock_name, stock_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4100 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4101 gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4102 stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4103 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4104 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4105 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4106 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4107 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4108 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4109 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4110 else if (icon_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4111 (! old_icon_name || strcmp (old_icon_name, icon_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4112 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4113 gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4114 icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4115 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4116 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4117 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4118 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4119 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4120 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4121 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4122 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4123 else if (img && old_img != img->pixmap) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4124 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4125 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, wimage); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4126 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4127 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4128 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4129 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4130 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4131 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4132 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4133 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4134 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4135 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4136 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4137 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4138 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4139 |
49323 | 4140 #undef PROP |
4141 } | |
4142 | |
4143 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
4144 can be reused later on. */ | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4145 do |
49323 | 4146 { |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4147 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i++); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4148 if (ti) gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4149 } while (ti != NULL); |
49323 | 4150 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4151 new_req.height = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4152 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &new_req); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4153 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4154 if (pack_tool_bar && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4155 xg_pack_tool_bar (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4156 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4157 if (new_req.height != 0 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4158 && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4159 && old_req.height != new_req.height |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4160 && ! FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached) |
49323 | 4161 { |
4162 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
4163 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4164 } |
4165 | |
4166 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4167 } | |
4168 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4169 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4170 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4171 |
49323 | 4172 void |
4173 free_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
4174 FRAME_PTR f; | |
4175 { | |
4176 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4177 | |
4178 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
4179 { | |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4180 int is_packed = x->handlebox_widget != 0; |
49323 | 4181 BLOCK_INPUT; |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4182 /* We may have created the toolbar_widget in xg_create_tool_bar, but |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4183 not the x->handlebox_widget which is created in xg_pack_tool_bar. */ |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4184 if (is_packed) |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4185 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4186 x->handlebox_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4187 else |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4188 gtk_widget_destroy (x->toolbar_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4189 |
49323 | 4190 x->toolbar_widget = 0; |
4191 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
4192 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
4193 | |
4194 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
4195 rows to what we had before removing the tool bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
4196 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4197 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4198 } | |
4199 } | |
4200 | |
4201 | |
4202 | |
4203 /*********************************************************************** | |
4204 Initializing | |
4205 ***********************************************************************/ | |
4206 void | |
4207 xg_initialize () | |
4208 { | |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4209 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4210 |
75417
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4211 #if HAVE_XFT |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4212 /* Work around a bug with corrupted data if libXft gets unloaded. This way |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4213 we keep it permanently linked in. */ |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4214 XftInit (0); |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4215 #endif |
84621 | 4216 |
4217 gdpy_def = NULL; | |
49323 | 4218 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4219 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 4220 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
4221 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
4222 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4223 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4224 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4225 |
49323 | 4226 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
4227 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
4228 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
4229 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
4230 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
4231 "VoidSymbol", | |
4232 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4233 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4234 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4235 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4236 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4237 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4238 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4239 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4240 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4241 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4242 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4243 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (g_type_class_ref (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4244 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4245 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4246 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4247 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4248 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (g_type_class_ref |
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4249 (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4250 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4251 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 4252 } |
4253 | |
4254 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 4255 |
4256 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
4257 (do not change this comment) */ |